Hot-rolled

High-strength steel

Tata Steel’s high-strength, low-alloy grades offer formability and strength for demanding applications.

The range includes our Ympress® HSLA – with grades that exceed the Euronorm, resulting in stronger and lighter products with increased yield and simplified processing.

Abrasion resistant wear steel
Product specification
High-strength steel is currently available in the following grades

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S315MC TSN

Ympress S315MC
Specification details for Ympress S315MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S315MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S315MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   315
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   400 - 500
Elongation (%) t < 3 24
3 ≤ t < 5 33
t ≥ 5 26
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t

1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
t – material thickness in mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S315MC
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 0.6
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.008 2
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.04
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -

1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S315MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width 
From - up to Ympress S315MC
1.50 - 1.53 1180
1.53 - 1.57 1210
1.57 - 1.60 1250
1.60 - 1.70 1280
1.70 - 1.80 1370
1.80 - 1.90 1440
1.90 - 2.00 1520
2.00 - 2.20 1590
2.20 - 2.40 1730
2.40 - 2.60 1810
2.60 - 2.80 1880
2.80 - 3.00 1960
3.00 - 3.20 2030
3.20 - 10.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available. 
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S355MC TSN

Ympress S355MC
Specification details for Ympress S355MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S355MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S355MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   355
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   450 - 550
Elongation (%) t < 3 22
3 ≤ t < 5 27
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t

1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

For Ympress S355MC, a guaranteed Charpy impact strength of 40J at -20°C in longitudinal direction is available.
Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S355MC
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.4
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.008 2
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.05
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 -
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S355MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width 
From - up to Ympress S355MC
1.50 - 1.53 1060
1.53 - 1.57 1100
1.57 - 1.60 1150
1.60 - 1.70 1160
1.70 - 1.80 1250
1.80 - 1.90 1330
1.90 - 2.00 1400
2.00 - 2.20 1480
2.20 - 2.40 1600
2.40 - 2.60 1730
2.60 - 2.70 1760
2.70 - 2.80 1790
2.80 - 3.00 1840
3.00 - 3.20 1900
3.20 - 3.50 1960
3.50 - 3.65 2030
3.65 - 10.10 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S420MC TSN

Ympress S420MC
Specification details for Ympress S420MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S420MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress S420MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 420
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 500 - 600
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 18
3 ≤ t < 5 22
t ≥ 5 21
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Grade   Ympress S420MC
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.008 2
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.08
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S420MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S420MC
1.53 - 1.57 950
1.57 - 1.60 1000
1.60 - 1.70 1040
1.70 - 1.80 1150
1.80 - 1.90 1230
1.90 - 2.00 1300
2.00 - 2.20 1380
2.20 - 2.40 1500
2.40 - 2.60 1630
2.60 - 2.80 1710
2.80 - 3.00 1750
3.00 - 3.20 1790
3.20 - 3.47 1840
3.47 - 3.65 1880
3.65 - 4.00 1920
4.00 - 4.40 2000
4.40 - 8.10 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available. 
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S460MC TSN

Ympress S460MC
Specification details for Ympress S460MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S460MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Ympress S460MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 460
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 550 - 660
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 17
3 ≤ t < 5 21
t ≥ 5 19
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

 
Grade   Ympress S460MC
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.008 2
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.08
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
2. Available with a maximum sulphur content of 0.005%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S460MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S460MC
1.57 - 1.60 900
1.60 - 1.70 940
1.70 - 1.80 1030
1.80 - 1.90 1130
1.90 - 2.00 1200
2.00 - 2.20 1280
2.20 - 2.40 1400
2.40 - 2.60 1510
2.60 - 2.80 1640
2.80 - 3.00 1720
3.00 - 3.20 1750
3.20 - 3.47 1780
3.47 - 3.65 1810
3.65 - 4.00 1860
4.00 - 4.40 1910
4.40 - 5.00 1970
5.00 - 8.10 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S500MC TSN

Ympress S500MC
Specification details for Ympress S500MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S500MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S500MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   500
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   580 - 700
Elongation (%) t < 3 13
3 ≤ t < 5 18
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S500MC
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.65
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.08
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.06
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S500MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S500MC
1.70 - 1.80 920
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.47 1740
3.47 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 8.10 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S550MC TSN

Ympress S550MC
Specification details for Ympress S550MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S550MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S550MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   550
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   610 - 750
Elongation (%) t < 3 13
3 ≤ t < 5 17
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S550MC
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.65
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.03
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 -
Ti Max. 1 0.06
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S550MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S550MC
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.47 1740
3.47 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 8.00 2070
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S650MC TSN

Ympress S650MC
Specification details for Ympress S650MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S650MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S650MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   650
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   700 - 880
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.0 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S650MC
C Max. 0.08
Mn Max. 2
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.01
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. 0.06
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S650MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S650MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1120
2.40 - 2.60 1210
2.60 - 2.80 1310
2.80 - 3.00 1400
3.00 - 3.50 1490
3.50 - 3.65 1500
3.65 - 4.00 1530
4.00 - 8.10 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress E690TM TSN

Ympress E690TM
Specification details for Ympress E690TM

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress E690TM-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
All values are measured transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress E690TM
Min. Yield strength  ReH (N/mm²)   690
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   750 - 950
Elongation (%) t < 3 12
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.0 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress E690TM
C Max. 0.08
Mn Max. 2
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.01
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. 0.06
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress E690TM-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise..

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress E690TM
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1120
2.40 - 2.60 1210
2.60 - 2.80 1310
2.80 - 3.00 1400
3.00 - 3.50 1490
3.50 - 3.65 1500
3.65 - 4.00 1530
4.00 - 8.10 1600
The minimum width is 1000 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1000 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available. 
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S700MC TSN

Ympress S700MC
Specification details for Ympress S700MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S700MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S700MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   700
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   750 - 900
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.0 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
t – material thickness in mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S700MC
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 2.1
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.01
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. 0.06
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S700MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to Ympress S700MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1070
2.40 - 2.60 1130
2.60 - 2.80 1180
2.80 - 3.00 1230
3.00 - 3.20 1280
3.20 - 3.50 1330
3.50 - 3.65 1400
3.65 - 4.00 1440
4.00 - 4.40 1530
4.40 - 8.00 1600
The minimum width is 1030 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1030 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available. 
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S960MC TSN

Ympress S960MC
Specification details for Ympress S960MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S960MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S960MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   960
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   1010 - 1250
Elongation (%) t < 3 -
3 ≤ t < 5 8
t ≥ 5 8
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 6.0 t
t ≥ 5 6.0 t 2
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
2. For Ympress S960MC minimum bend test diameter is 8.0 t for t > 8 mm
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.
 

Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Tata Steel Grade Ympress S960MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.8
P Max. 0.02
S Max. 0.003
Si Max. 0.15
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.05
V Max. 1 0.15
Ti Max. 1 0.05
Mo Max. 0.5
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Ympress S960MC-Dimensions TSN

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Ympress S960MC
4.00 - 4.40 1520
4.40 - 5.00 1550
5.00 - 10.00 1680
The minimum width is 1020 mm. 
Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
Please enquire about minimum order quantity for this grade.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S315MC TSE

S315MC
Specification details for S315MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S315MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S315MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   315
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   390 - 510
Elongation (%) t < 3 20
3 ≤ t < 5 24
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
t – material thickness in mm

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S315MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.3
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.020
Si Max. 0.50
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.20
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S315MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled
 

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width 
From - up to S315MC
1.50 - 1.53 1180
1.53 - 1.57 1210
1.57 - 1.60 1250
1.60 - 1.70 1280
1.70 - 1.80 1370
1.80 - 1.90 1440
1.90 - 2.00 1520
2.00 - 2.20 1590
2.20 - 2.40 1730
2.40 - 2.60 1810
2.60 - 2.80 1880
2.80 - 3.00 1960
3.00 - 3.20 2030
3.20 - 10.00 2070
The minimum width is 900 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 900 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available. 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S355MC TSE

S355MC
Specification details for S355MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S355MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S355MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH 1 (N/mm²)   355
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   430 - 550
Elongation (%) t < 3 19
3 ≤ t < 5 23
t ≥ 5 23
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

For S355MC, a guaranteed Charpy impact strength of 40J at -20°C in longitudinal direction is available.
Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S355MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.02
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%. 
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S355MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width 
From - up to S355MC
1.50 - 1.53 1060
1.53 - 1.57 1100
1.57 - 1.60 1150
1.60 - 1.70 1160
1.70 - 1.80 1250
1.80 - 1.90 1330
1.90 - 2.00 1400
2.00 - 2.20 1480
2.20 - 2.40 1600
2.40 - 2.60 1730
2.60 - 2.70 1760
2.70 - 2.80 1790
2.80 - 3.00 1840
3.00 - 3.20 1900
3.20 - 3.50 1960
3.50 - 3.65 2030
3.65 - 10.10 2070
The minimum width is 900 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 900 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S420MC TSE

S420MC
Specification details for S420MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S420MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

Grade   S420MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 420
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 480 - 620
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 16
3 ≤ t < 5 19
t ≥ 5 19
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below. 

Grade   S420MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.6
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S420MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to S420MC
1.53 - 1.57 950
1.57 - 1.60 1000
1.60 - 1.70 1040
1.70 - 1.80 1150
1.80 - 1.90 1230
1.90 - 2.00 1300
2.00 - 2.20 1380
2.20 - 2.40 1500
2.40 - 2.60 1630
2.60 - 2.80 1710
2.80 - 3.00 1750
3.00 - 3.20 1790
3.20 - 3.47 1840
3.47 - 3.65 1880
3.65 - 4.00 1920
4.00 - 4.40 2000
4.40 - 8.10 2070
The minimum width is 900 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 900 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S460MC TSE

S460MC
Specification details for S460MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S460MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

Grade   S460MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 460
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 520 - 670
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 14
3 ≤ t < 5 17
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1 t
t ≥ 5 1.0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   S460MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.6
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S500MC TSE

S500MC
Specification details for S500MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S500MC-Properties TSE

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S500MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²   500
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   550 - 700
Elongation A (%) t < 3 12
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1 t
t ≥ 5 1.0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S500MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.7
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S500MC-Dimensions TSE

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.
 

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to S500MC
1.70 - 1.80 920
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.47 1740
3.47 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 8.10 2070
The minimum width is 900 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 900 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S550MC TSN

S550MC
Specification details for S550MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S550MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2: 2013 Grade S550MC
Min. Yield strength ReH1 (N/mm²)   550
Tensile strength Rm  (N/mm²)   600 - 760
Elongation (%) t < 3 12
3 ≤ t < 5 14
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1.5 t
t ≥ 5 1.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S550MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 1.8
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.5
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.15
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S550MC-Dimensions

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to S550MC
1.80 - 1.90 1030
1.90 - 2.00 1100
2.00 - 2.20 1180
2.20 - 2.40 1300
2.40 - 2.60 1420
2.60 - 2.80 1540
2.80 - 3.00 1650
3.00 - 3.20 1710
3.20 - 3.47 1740
3.47 - 3.65 1780
3.65 - 4.00 1800
4.00 - 4.40 1850
4.40 - 5.00 1900
5.00 - 5.60 2000
5.60 - 8.00 2070
The minimum width is 900 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 900 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S650MC TSN

S650MC
Specification details for S650MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S650MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S650MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   650
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   700 - 880
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 12
t ≥ 5 12
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 2.0 t
t ≥ 5 2.0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S650MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 2
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.6
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.22
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S650MC-Dimensions

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to S650MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1120
2.40 - 2.60 1210
2.60 - 2.80 1310
2.80 - 3.00 1400
3.00 - 3.50 1490
3.50 - 3.65 1500
3.65 - 4.00 1530
4.00 - 8.10 1600
The minimum width is 900 mm.
Thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S700MC TSN

S700MC
Specification details for S700MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S700MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S700MC
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 (N/mm²)   700
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   750 - 950
Elongation (%) t < 3 10
3 ≤ t < 5 12
t ≥ 5 12
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 2.0 t
t ≥ 5 2.0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S700MC
C Max. 0.12
Mn Max. 2.1
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.015
Si Max. 0.6
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.22
Mo Max. -
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S700MC-Dimensions

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. These dimensions are applicable to both the Ympress and the EN equivalent grades unless noted otherwise.

Thickness  Max. width
From - up to S700MC
2.00 - 2.20 1030
2.20 - 2.40 1070
2.40 - 2.60 1130
2.60 - 2.80 1180
2.80 - 3.00 1230
3.00 - 3.20 1280
3.20 - 3.50 1330
3.50 - 3.65 1400
3.65 - 4.00 1440
4.00 - 4.40 1530
4.40 - 8.00 1600
The minimum width is 1030 mm.
Higher max. widths are available for some non-Ympress grades, please contact us for more information.
Widths smaller than 1030 mm and/or thicknesses up to 20 mm may be available - please contact us.
Non-pickled (dry) condition is also available. 
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S960MC TSN

S960MC
Specification details for S960MC

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-All grades Overview TSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

The high yield strength of Ympress delivers weight savings and increased component strength. This can help you create lighter, stronger products and increase yield through down-gauging. Consistent properties and tight control of material thickness allow trouble-free, repeatable processing. Ympress can be easily welded and galvanised. Its high surface quality can lead to fewer processing steps.

Applications

 

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:
 

VDA EN 10149-2:2013 Tata Steel Tata Steel
Grade Grade Grade Grade
HR300LA S315MC Ympress S315MC XF315
HR340LA S355MC Ympress S355MC XF355
HR420LA S420MC Ympress S420MC XF420
HR460LA S460MC Ympress S460MC XF460
HR500LA S500MC Ympress S500MC XF500
- S550MC Ympress S550MC -
- S650MC Ympress S650MC -
- - Ympress E690TM -
HR700LA S700MC Ympress S700MC -
HR960LA S960MC Ympress S960MC -

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S960MC-Properties TSN

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S960MC
Min. Yield strength ReH1 (N/mm²)   960
Tensile strength Rm (N/mm²)   980 - 1250
Elongation (%) t < 3 6
3 ≤ t < 5 7
t ≥ 5 7
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 9.0 t
t ≥ 5 9.0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

EN 10149-2:2013 Grade S960MC
C Max. 0.2
Mn Max. 2.2
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.6
Altot Min. 0.015
Nb Max. 1 0.09
V Max. 1 0.2
Ti Max. 1 0.25
Mo Max. 1
Cu Max. -
1. The sum of Nb, V and Ti shall be max. 0.22%.
All values are in weight%

EN-Automotive-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-S960MC-Dimensions

Dimensions

Dimensional capability

Please contact us about the available dimensions.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF315 TSUK

XF315
Specification details for XF315

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata Steel

Tata Steel

EN 10149-2: 2013

Germany SEW 092

Grade

Grade

Grade

Grade

Ympress S315MC

XF315

S315MC

QStE340TM

Ympress S355MC

XF355

S355MC

QStE380TM

Ympress S420MC

XF420

S420MC

QStE460TM

Ympress S460MC

XF460

S460MC

QStE500TM

Ympress S500MC

XF500

S500MC

QStE550TM

Ympress S550MC

-

S550MC

-

Ympress S650MC

-

S650MC

-

Ympress E690TM

-

-

QStE690TM

Ympress S700MC

-

S700MC

-

Ympress S960MC

-

S960MC

-

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 6.35mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF315-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.
 

Grade   Tenform XF315
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 315
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 3900-510
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 24
3 ≤ t < 5 27
t ≥ 5 24
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF315
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.2
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.03
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF315-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width 
From - up to Tenform XF315
1.50 - 1.60 1090
1.60 - 1.90 1250
1.90 - 2.00 1350
2.00 - 2.50 1500
2.50 - 8.00 1625
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm. 
 

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF315
1.50 - 1.60 1090
1.60 - 1.90 1250
1.90 - 2.00 1350
2.00 - 2.50 1500
2.50 - 5.00 1530
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.
 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.

Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF355 TSUK

XF355
Specification details for XF355

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata Steel

Tata Steel

EN 10149-2: 2013

Germany SEW 092

Grade

Grade

Grade

Grade

Ympress S315MC

XF315

S315MC

QStE340TM

Ympress S355MC

XF355

S355MC

QStE380TM

Ympress S420MC

XF420

S420MC

QStE460TM

Ympress S460MC

XF460

S460MC

QStE500TM

Ympress S500MC

XF500

S500MC

QStE550TM

Ympress S550MC

-

S550MC

-

Ympress S650MC

-

S650MC

-

Ympress E690TM

-

-

QStE690TM

Ympress S700MC

-

S700MC

-

Ympress S960MC

-

S960MC

-

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 6.35mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF355-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction.
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF355
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 355
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 430-550
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 23
3 ≤ t < 5 26
t ≥ 5 23
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0.5 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

 
Grade   Tenform XF355
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.03
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF355-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width 
From - up to Tenform XF355
1.50 - 1.60 1060
1.60 - 2.00 1250
2.00 - 2.20 1360
2.20 - 2.40 1390
2.40 - 2.80 1530
2.80 - 5.00 1560
5.00 - 6.00 1600
6.00 - 15.00 1625
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled


Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF355
1.50 - 1.60 1100
1.60 - 2.00 1250
2.00 - 2.20 1360
2.20 - 2.40 1400
2.40 - 5.00 1530
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF420 TSUK

XF420
Specification details for XF420

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata Steel

Tata Steel

EN 10149-2: 2013

Germany SEW 092

Grade

Grade

Grade

Grade

Ympress S315MC

XF315

S315MC

QStE340TM

Ympress S355MC

XF355

S355MC

QStE380TM

Ympress S420MC

XF420

S420MC

QStE460TM

Ympress S460MC

XF460

S460MC

QStE500TM

Ympress S500MC

XF500

S500MC

QStE550TM

Ympress S550MC

-

S550MC

-

Ympress S650MC

-

S650MC

-

Ympress E690TM

-

-

QStE690TM

Ympress S700MC

-

S700MC

-

Ympress S960MC

-

S960MC

-

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 6.35mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF420-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF420
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 420
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 480-620
Min. elongation after
fracture A%
t < 3 19
3 ≤ t < 5 22
t ≥ 5 19
Min. bend test
diameter
t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF420
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.03
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF420-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF420
1.80 - 2.00 1250
2.00 - 2.40 1330
2.40 - 2.50 1350
2.50 - 2.70 1400
2.70 - 4.00 1550
4.00 - 5.00 1560
5.00 - 12.00 1600
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF420
1.80 - 1.90 1250
1.90 - 2.00 1360
2.00 - 2.20 1350
2.20 - 2.60 1400
2.60 - 4.00 1550
4.00 - 5.00 1560
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF460 TSUK

XF460
Specification details for XF460

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata Steel

Tata Steel

EN 10149-2: 2013

Germany SEW 092

Grade

Grade

Grade

Grade

Ympress S315MC

XF315

S315MC

QStE340TM

Ympress S355MC

XF355

S355MC

QStE380TM

Ympress S420MC

XF420

S420MC

QStE460TM

Ympress S460MC

XF460

S460MC

QStE500TM

Ympress S500MC

XF500

S500MC

QStE550TM

Ympress S550MC

-

S550MC

-

Ympress S650MC

-

S650MC

-

Ympress E690TM

-

-

QStE690TM

Ympress S700MC

-

S700MC

-

Ympress S960MC

-

S960MC

-

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 6.35mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF460-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF460
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 460
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 550-670
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 17
3 ≤ t < 5 20
t ≥ 5 17
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 0 t
t ≥ 5 0.5 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF460
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.35
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%
This grade is not suitable for Class 1 galvanising

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF460-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled
 

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to XF460
1.80 - 1.90 1100
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1260
2.20 - 2.60 1360
2.60 - 4.00 1460
4.00 - 5.00 1530
5.00 - 9.00 1610
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
 

Dimensional capability - pickled
 

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF460
1.80 - 1.90 1110
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1260
2.20 - 2.60 1360
2.60 - 4.00 1460
4.00 - 5.00 1530
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF500 TSUK

XF500
Specification details for XF500

EN-Engineering-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-EN and XF grades OverviewTSE

Overview

Our high-strength steel grades have been developed to meet a wide variety of applications. The consistent quality of these steels means they can be relied on to deliver benefits for your end-products and processes.

Applications

  • Agricultural machinery
  • Automotive components
  • Containers
  • Cranes and crane booms
  • Earth-moving equipment
  • Lightweight towers
  • Radiator components
  • Safety-critical applications
  • Racking and shelving
  • Telescopic booms
  • Tow hooks
  • Train carriages
     

Relationship with standards

Tata Steel’s high-strength low-alloy steels comply with the following standards:

Tata Steel

Tata Steel

EN 10149-2: 2013

Germany SEW 092

Grade

Grade

Grade

Grade

Ympress S315MC

XF315

S315MC

QStE340TM

Ympress S355MC

XF355

S355MC

QStE380TM

Ympress S420MC

XF420

S420MC

QStE460TM

Ympress S460MC

XF460

S460MC

QStE500TM

Ympress S500MC

XF500

S500MC

QStE550TM

Ympress S550MC

-

S550MC

-

Ympress S650MC

-

S650MC

-

Ympress E690TM

-

-

QStE690TM

Ympress S700MC

-

S700MC

-

Ympress S960MC

-

S960MC

-

 

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition

non-pickled

pickled

pickled and oiled

Mill edges

Yes

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges

-

Yes

Yes

Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 6.35mm. The steel grades shown on the following pages belong to the standard range offered by Tata Steel.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.

Surface aspects

Description

Availability

Surface finish

Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish

Oiling

Pickled finish is available with rolling or preservative oil applied

 

Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2

Alternative oiling ranges are available – please contact us for details.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All Grades Surface aspects Supply Conditions TSE

Supply Conditions

Supply - product conditions

Hot-rolled steel can be supplied with these product conditions and finishes and with this surface treatment:

Side/surface condition non-pickled pickled pickled and oiled
Mill edges Yes Yes Yes
Trimmed edges - Yes Yes
Trimmed edges available in thicknesses up to 8.0 mm.
Please contact us regarding other specifications we may have that meet your needs.
 

Surface aspects

Description Availability
Surface finish Coils are available in non-pickled and pickled finish for most grades. 
For grade specific availability, please refer to the dimensional tables.
Oiling Pickled finish is available with rolling
or preservative oil applied. 
Oil weight normally 0.5-2.5 g/m2
Alternative oiling ranges are available.
Please contact us for details.
 

Certification

Test certificates 2.2/3.1 are available according to EN 10204.         

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF500-Properties TSUK

Properties

Mechanical Properties

Steel supplied will comply with the mechanical property limits below.
The values of the tensile test apply to test bars parallel to the rolling direction. 
The values of the bend test apply to test bars transverse to the rolling direction.

Grade   Tenform XF500
Min. Yield strength  ReH1 N/mm² 500
Tensile strength Rm N/mm² 550-700
Min. elongation after fracture A% t < 3 14
3 ≤ t < 5 17
t ≥ 5 14
Min. bend test diameter t < 5 1 t
t ≥ 5 1 t
1. Upper yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
t – material thickness in mm.
Elongation test piece length L0 = 80 mm for t < 3 mm. L0 = 5.65√S0 for t ≥ 3 mm.
 

Impact strength

Impact tests can be performed for thicknesses ≥ 6.0 mm. Please contact us for details.


Chemical composition

Steel supplied will comply with the chemical limits below.

Grade   Tenform XF500
C Max. 0.1
Mn Max. 1.5
P Max. 0.025
S Max. 0.01
Si Max. 0.35
Micro-alloying elements (e.g. Nb) 0.3
All values are in weight%
This grade is not suitable for Class 1 galvanising

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-All grades Shape and dimensional tolerances TSE

Shape and dimensional tolerances

Shape and dimensional tolerances

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:

length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

 

Tolerances on thickness

Tata Steel can supply to full thickness tolerance specified in EN 10051:2010.

Tighter tolerances are available as shown below:

Product type Thickness tolerances available
  (% of full EN 10051:2010 tolerance)
  100% 75% 66% 60% 50% 33%

Steel for forming

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

High-strength low-alloy
(HSLA EN 10149-2)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® HSLA

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Ympress® Laser

 

 

 

 

Yes

Yes 1

Structural steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

Boron manganese steel Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes  

Case-hardening steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

High-carbon steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Dual phase steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Hot forming steel

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Valast® abrasion resistant steel

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

 

Steel for pressure vessels

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for gas cylinders

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Steel for line pipe

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

Ship plate

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

1. Available for certain grades and thicknesses between 3.0mm and 6.0mm.
Please contact us on the availability of special tolerances to meet your requirements.
 
Tolerances on thickness for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.13

± 0.14

± 0.16

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.14

± 0.16

± 0.17

± 0.19

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.15

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.17

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.20

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.18

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.20

± 0.21

± 0.22

± 0.23

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.22

± 0.23

± 0.23

± 0.26

> 8.00

≤ 11.00

± 0.24

± 0.25

± 0.25

± 0.28

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
Re ≤ 300 N/mm2 (category A)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800
 

≤ 2.00

± 0.17

± 0.19

± 0.21

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.18

± 0.21

± 0.23

± 0.25

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.22

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.27

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.26

± 0.28

± 0.29

± 0.31

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.29

± 0.30

± 0.31

± 0.35

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.34

± 0.40

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.37

± 0.43

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.40

± 0.42

± 0.45

± 0.50

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
300 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 360 N/mm2 (category B)
Nominal thickness Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.20

± 0.22

± 0.24

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.21

± 0.24

± 0.26

± 0.29

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.23

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.25

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.31

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.28

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.30

± 0.32

± 0.33

± 0.36

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.33

± 0.35

± 0.36

± 0.40

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.37

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.46

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.40

± 0.41

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.46

± 0.53

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.52

± 0.58

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
360 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 420 N/mm2 (category C)
Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of

≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.22

± 0.25

± 0.27

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.23

± 0.27

± 0.30

± 0.33

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.26

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.29

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.35

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

± 0.40

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.38

± 0.39

± 0.40

± 0.46

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.44

± 0.52

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.46

± 0.47

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.48

± 0.49

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.52

± 0.55

± 0.59

± 0.65

All dimensions are mm.
Tolerances on thickness of steel grades with a specified minimum yield strength
420 N/mm2 < Re ≤ 900 N/mm2 (category D)

Nominal thickness

Tolerances for a nominal width of
≤ 1200 > 1200 > 1500 > 1800
≤ 1500 ≤ 1800

 

≤ 2.00

± 0.24

± 0.27

± 0.29

-

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

± 0.25

± 0.29

± 0.32

± 0.35

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

± 0.28

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

> 3.00

≤ 4.00

± 0.31

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.38

> 4.00

≤ 5.00

± 0.34

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

> 5.00

≤ 6.00

± 0.36

± 0.39

± 0.41

± 0.43

> 6.00

≤ 8.00

± 0.41

± 0.42

± 0.43

± 0.49

> 8.00

≤ 10.00

± 0.45

± 0.46

± 0.48

± 0.56

> 10.00

≤ 12.50

± 0.49

± 0.50

± 0.52

± 0.60

> 12.50

≤ 15.00

± 0.52

± 0.53

± 0.56

± 0.64

> 15.00

≤ 25.00

± 0.56

± 0.59

± 0.63

± 0.70

All dimensions are mm.

Tolerances on width

Tolerances in mm.

Nominal width w
Mill edges Trimmed edges
lower upper lower upper

 w ≤ 1200

0

20

0

3

 1200 < w ≤ 1850

0

20

0

5

 w > 1850

0

25

0

6

Tolerances  in mm for wide strip and slit wide strip
The tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051:2010.

The specified values for wide strip do not apply to the uncropped ends of the coil (‘head’ and ‘tail’). The length of these uncropped ends is calculated using the following formula:
length (in metres) = 90/nominal thickness (in mm), with a maximum of 20 metres.

If required, this part of the coil can be removed, however an additional cost may be charged for this.

Edge camber

The deviation from the edge over a length of 5000mm:

• with mill edges, no more than 20mm
• with trimmed edges, no more than 15mm

Flatness

Requirements as regards flatness can be agreed at the time of enquiry.

Option for maximum crown values

The following high crown C40 options available for hot-rolled products.

Crown values on the C20-position as well as minimum crown values on both C20 and C40 position are also available on request.

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values for hot-rolled steel with a low carbon content for cold forming
(DD11-DD14 in EN 10111:2008)

Category 1

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

40

40

50

50

> 3.00

≤ 6.00

40

50

50

50

> 6.00

≤ 11.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades
(S185-S235-S275 ≤ 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)

Category 2

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

40

40

40

40

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

40

40

50

50

> 2.50

≤ 20.00

50

50

50

50

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of structural steel grades(S275 > 10mm in EN 10025-2:2004)
 and HSLA grades (S315MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 3

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

50

50

60

60

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

50

60

60

60

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

50

60

60

60

> 3.00

≤ 20.00

60

60

70

70

 

Maximum Crown C40 in µm values of HSLA grades
 (S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC in EN 10149-2:1996)

Category 4

C40

     
Nominal Thickness

≤ 1200

> 1200

> 1500

> 1800

≤ 1500

≤ 1800

> 1.47

≤ 2.00

60

70

70

70

> 2.00

≤ 2.50

60

70

80

80

> 2.50

≤ 3.00

60

70

80

80

> 3.00

≤ 5.00

70

70

80

80

> 5.00

≤ 20.00

80

80

80

80

 

Dimensions and coil weights

Tata Steel can supply hot-rolled steels with the following minimum and maximum dimensions and weights:

Description

Availability

Coil diameter inner non-pickled

762mm

Coil diameter inner pickled

610mm standard

762mm on request

Tolerance on inner diameter

+0/-50mm

Coil diameter outer non-pickled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Max. 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil diameter outer pickled and oiled

Outer diameter available is 10/7 x width

to reduce possibility of coil tipping over

Outer diameter

limit 2200mm

Min. 1050mm

Coil weight

Max. 34 tonnes

Additional maximum limits from transport

limits and outer coil diameter

Some HR products may have different

coil weight ranges

KIM: width ≤ 1200mm

15.5 - 23.0 kg/mm width

KIM: 1200 < width ≤ 1700mm

12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

KIM: width > 1700mm

11.0 kg/mm width and 12.1 - 21.7 kg/mm width

Minimum tonnage per order

Please refer to price list for order quantity details

Minimum order quantities may apply

 

 

 

 

EN-Product-Hot-Rolled-HSS-Tenform XF500-Dimensions TSUK

Dimensions

Dimensional capability - non-pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF500
1.80 - 1.90 1100
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1250
2.20 - 2.50 1360
2.50 - 3.50 1410
3.50 - 5.00 1480
5.00 - 5.50 1550
6.00 - 9.00 1610

The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.

Dimensional capability - pickled

Dimensions in mm.

Thickness Max. width
From - up to Tenform XF500
1.80 - 1.90 1100
1.90 - 2.00 1160
2.00 - 2.20 1250
2.20 - 2.50 1250
2.50 - 3.50 1360
3.50 - 4.00 1410
4.00 - 5.00 1480
The minimum width is 900 mm. Other dimensions are available - please contact us.
For trimmed dimensions reduce max. width by 23 mm.

 

Tolerances

Tolerances for wide strip and slit wide strip comply with standard EN 10051: 2010.
Tighter tolerances are available, please contact us.

 

EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Hot-rolled-Heavy+Light further processing TSE

Further processing

Further processing

We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times.

Heavy gauge processing

Processing type Decoiling
Thickness range (mm) 1.4 - 25.4
Width range (mm) 300 - 2600
Length range up to 18.4m
Locations UK
Netherlands

 

Light gauge processing

Processing type Slitting Decoiling Blanking
Thickness range (mm) 0.2 - 7.0 0.3 - 6.0 0.3 - 6.0
Width range (mm) 10 - 2050 50 - 2600 200 - 2600
Length range - up to 6m up to 6m
Locations UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Ireland
Netherlands
Germany
France
Spain
Sweden
Norway
Finland
UK
Netherlands


For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.